1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * 99 */ 100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 101 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 103 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 114 }; 115 116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 117 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 118 119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 121 122 /** 123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 124 * 125 * This structure describes a single channel for use 126 * with cfg80211. 127 * 128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 132 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 133 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 138 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 139 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 140 * @orig_mag: internal use 141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 143 * on this channel. 144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 146 */ 147 struct ieee80211_channel { 148 enum nl80211_band band; 149 u32 center_freq; 150 u16 hw_value; 151 u32 flags; 152 int max_antenna_gain; 153 int max_power; 154 int max_reg_power; 155 bool beacon_found; 156 u32 orig_flags; 157 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 158 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 159 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 160 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 161 }; 162 163 /** 164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 165 * 166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 168 * different bands/PHY modes. 169 * 170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 171 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 172 * with CCK rates. 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 174 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 175 * core code when registering the wiphy. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 185 */ 186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 187 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 188 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 189 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 194 }; 195 196 /** 197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 204 */ 205 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 206 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 207 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 211 }; 212 213 /** 214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 215 * 216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 219 */ 220 enum ieee80211_privacy { 221 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 222 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 224 }; 225 226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 227 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 228 229 /** 230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 231 * 232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 235 * passed around. 236 * 237 * @flags: rate-specific flags 238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 241 * short preamble is used 242 */ 243 struct ieee80211_rate { 244 u32 flags; 245 u16 bitrate; 246 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 251 * 252 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 253 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 254 * 255 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 256 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 257 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 258 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 259 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 260 */ 261 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 262 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 263 bool ht_supported; 264 u8 ampdu_factor; 265 u8 ampdu_density; 266 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 267 }; 268 269 /** 270 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 271 * 272 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 273 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 274 * 275 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 276 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 277 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 278 */ 279 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 280 bool vht_supported; 281 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 282 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 283 }; 284 285 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 286 287 /** 288 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 289 * 290 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 291 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 292 * 293 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 294 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 295 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 296 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 297 */ 298 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 299 bool has_he; 300 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 301 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 302 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 303 }; 304 305 /** 306 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 307 * 308 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 309 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 310 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 311 * 312 * @types_mask: interface types mask 313 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 314 */ 315 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 316 u16 types_mask; 317 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 318 }; 319 320 /** 321 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 322 * 323 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 324 * is able to operate in. 325 * 326 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 327 * in this band. 328 * @band: the band this structure represents 329 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 330 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 331 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 332 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 333 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 334 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 335 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 336 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 337 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 338 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 339 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 340 * iftype_data). 341 */ 342 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 343 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 344 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 345 enum nl80211_band band; 346 int n_channels; 347 int n_bitrates; 348 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 349 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 350 u16 n_iftype_data; 351 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 352 }; 353 354 /** 355 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 356 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 357 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 358 * 359 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 360 */ 361 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 362 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 363 u8 iftype) 364 { 365 int i; 366 367 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 368 return NULL; 369 370 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 371 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 372 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 373 374 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 375 return data; 376 } 377 378 return NULL; 379 } 380 381 /** 382 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 383 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 384 * 385 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 386 */ 387 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 388 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 389 { 390 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 391 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 392 393 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 394 return &data->he_cap; 395 396 return NULL; 397 } 398 399 /** 400 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 401 * 402 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 403 * 404 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 405 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 406 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 407 * 408 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 409 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 410 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 411 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 412 * without affecting other devices. 413 * 414 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 415 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 416 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 417 */ 418 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 419 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 420 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 421 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 422 { 423 } 424 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 425 426 427 /* 428 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 429 */ 430 431 /** 432 * DOC: Actions and configuration 433 * 434 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 435 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 436 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 437 * operations use are described separately. 438 * 439 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 440 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 441 * 442 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 443 * in a separate chapter. 444 */ 445 446 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 447 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 448 449 /** 450 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 451 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 452 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 453 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 454 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 455 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 456 * determine the address as needed. 457 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 458 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 459 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 460 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 461 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 462 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 463 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 464 */ 465 struct vif_params { 466 u32 flags; 467 int use_4addr; 468 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 469 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 470 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 471 }; 472 473 /** 474 * struct key_params - key information 475 * 476 * Information about a key 477 * 478 * @key: key material 479 * @key_len: length of key material 480 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 481 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 482 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 483 * length given by @seq_len. 484 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 485 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 486 */ 487 struct key_params { 488 const u8 *key; 489 const u8 *seq; 490 int key_len; 491 int seq_len; 492 u32 cipher; 493 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 494 }; 495 496 /** 497 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 498 * @chan: the (control) channel 499 * @width: channel width 500 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 501 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 502 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 503 */ 504 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 505 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 506 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 507 u32 center_freq1; 508 u32 center_freq2; 509 }; 510 511 /** 512 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 513 * @chandef: the channel definition 514 * 515 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 516 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 517 */ 518 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 519 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 520 { 521 switch (chandef->width) { 522 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 523 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 524 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 525 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 526 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 527 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 528 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 529 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 530 default: 531 WARN_ON(1); 532 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 533 } 534 } 535 536 /** 537 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 538 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 539 * @channel: the control channel 540 * @chantype: the channel type 541 * 542 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 543 */ 544 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 545 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 546 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 547 548 /** 549 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 550 * @chandef1: first channel definition 551 * @chandef2: second channel definition 552 * 553 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 554 * identical, %false otherwise. 555 */ 556 static inline bool 557 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 558 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 559 { 560 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 561 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 562 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 563 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 564 } 565 566 /** 567 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 568 * @chandef1: first channel definition 569 * @chandef2: second channel definition 570 * 571 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 572 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 573 */ 574 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 575 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 576 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 577 578 /** 579 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 580 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 581 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 582 */ 583 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 584 585 /** 586 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 587 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 588 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 589 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 590 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 591 */ 592 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 593 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 594 u32 prohibited_flags); 595 596 /** 597 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 598 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 599 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 600 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 601 * Returns: 602 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 603 */ 604 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 605 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 606 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 607 608 /** 609 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 610 * 611 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 612 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 613 * 614 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 615 * 616 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 617 */ 618 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 619 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 620 { 621 switch (chandef->width) { 622 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 623 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 624 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 625 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 626 default: 627 break; 628 } 629 return 0; 630 } 631 632 /** 633 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 634 * 635 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 636 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 637 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 638 * 639 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 640 * 641 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 642 */ 643 static inline int 644 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 645 { 646 switch (chandef->width) { 647 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 648 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 649 chandef->chan->max_power); 650 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 651 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 652 chandef->chan->max_power); 653 default: 654 break; 655 } 656 return chandef->chan->max_power; 657 } 658 659 /** 660 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 661 * 662 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 663 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 664 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 665 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 666 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 667 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 668 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 669 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 670 * 671 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 672 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 673 */ 674 enum survey_info_flags { 675 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 676 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 677 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 678 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 679 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 680 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 681 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 682 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 683 }; 684 685 /** 686 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 687 * 688 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 689 * record to report global statistics 690 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 691 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 692 * optional 693 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 694 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 695 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 696 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 697 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 698 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 699 * 700 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 701 * 702 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 703 * channel duty cycle etc. 704 */ 705 struct survey_info { 706 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 707 u64 time; 708 u64 time_busy; 709 u64 time_ext_busy; 710 u64 time_rx; 711 u64 time_tx; 712 u64 time_scan; 713 u32 filled; 714 s8 noise; 715 }; 716 717 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 718 719 /** 720 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 721 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 722 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 723 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 724 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 725 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 726 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 727 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 728 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 729 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 730 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 731 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 732 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 733 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 734 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 735 * protocol frames. 736 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 737 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 738 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 739 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 740 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 741 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 742 */ 743 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 744 u32 wpa_versions; 745 u32 cipher_group; 746 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 747 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 748 int n_akm_suites; 749 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 750 bool control_port; 751 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 752 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 753 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 754 struct key_params *wep_keys; 755 int wep_tx_key; 756 const u8 *psk; 757 }; 758 759 /** 760 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 761 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 762 * or %NULL if not changed 763 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 764 * or %NULL if not changed 765 * @head_len: length of @head 766 * @tail_len: length of @tail 767 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 768 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 769 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 770 * frames or %NULL 771 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 772 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 773 * Response frames or %NULL 774 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 775 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 776 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 777 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 778 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 779 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 780 * (measurement type 8) 781 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 782 * Token (measurement type 11) 783 * @lci_len: LCI data length 784 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 785 */ 786 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 787 const u8 *head, *tail; 788 const u8 *beacon_ies; 789 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 790 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 791 const u8 *probe_resp; 792 const u8 *lci; 793 const u8 *civicloc; 794 s8 ftm_responder; 795 796 size_t head_len, tail_len; 797 size_t beacon_ies_len; 798 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 799 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 800 size_t probe_resp_len; 801 size_t lci_len; 802 size_t civicloc_len; 803 }; 804 805 struct mac_address { 806 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 807 }; 808 809 /** 810 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 811 * 812 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 813 * entry specified by mac_addr 814 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 815 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 816 */ 817 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 818 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 819 int n_acl_entries; 820 821 /* Keep it last */ 822 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 823 }; 824 825 /* 826 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 827 */ 828 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 829 struct { 830 u32 legacy; 831 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 832 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 833 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 834 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 835 }; 836 837 /** 838 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 839 * 840 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 841 * 842 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 843 */ 844 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 845 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 846 }; 847 848 /** 849 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 850 * 851 * Used to configure an AP interface. 852 * 853 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 854 * @beacon: beacon data 855 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 856 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 857 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 858 * user space) 859 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 860 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 861 * @crypto: crypto settings 862 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 863 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 864 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 865 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 866 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 867 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 868 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 869 * MAC address based access control 870 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 871 * networks. 872 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 873 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 874 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 875 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 876 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 877 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 878 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 879 */ 880 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 881 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 882 883 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 884 885 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 886 const u8 *ssid; 887 size_t ssid_len; 888 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 889 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 890 bool privacy; 891 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 892 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 893 int inactivity_timeout; 894 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 895 bool p2p_opp_ps; 896 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 897 bool pbss; 898 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 899 900 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 901 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 902 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 903 bool ht_required, vht_required; 904 u32 flags; 905 }; 906 907 /** 908 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 909 * 910 * Used for channel switch 911 * 912 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 913 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 914 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 915 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 916 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 917 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 918 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 919 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 920 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 921 * @count: number of beacons until switch 922 */ 923 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 924 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 925 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 926 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 927 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 928 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 929 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 930 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 931 bool radar_required; 932 bool block_tx; 933 u8 count; 934 }; 935 936 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 937 938 /** 939 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 940 * 941 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 942 * 943 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 944 * to use for verification 945 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 946 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 947 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 948 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 949 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 950 * nl80211_iftype. 951 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 952 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 953 * the verification 954 */ 955 struct iface_combination_params { 956 int num_different_channels; 957 u8 radar_detect; 958 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 959 u32 new_beacon_int; 960 }; 961 962 /** 963 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 964 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 965 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 966 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 967 * 968 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 969 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 970 */ 971 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 972 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 973 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 974 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 975 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 976 }; 977 978 /** 979 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 980 * 981 * Used to configure txpower for station. 982 * 983 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 984 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 985 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 986 * power per-interface or per-station. 987 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 988 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 989 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 990 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 991 * per peer TPC. 992 */ 993 struct sta_txpwr { 994 s16 power; 995 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 996 }; 997 998 /** 999 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1000 * 1001 * Used to change and create a new station. 1002 * 1003 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1004 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1005 * (or NULL for no change) 1006 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1007 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1008 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1009 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1010 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1011 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1012 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1013 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1014 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1015 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1016 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1017 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1018 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1019 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1020 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1021 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1022 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1023 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1024 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1025 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1026 * to unknown) 1027 * @capability: station capability 1028 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1029 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1030 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1031 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1032 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1033 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1034 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1035 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1036 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1037 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1038 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1039 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1040 */ 1041 struct station_parameters { 1042 const u8 *supported_rates; 1043 struct net_device *vlan; 1044 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1045 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1046 int listen_interval; 1047 u16 aid; 1048 u16 peer_aid; 1049 u8 supported_rates_len; 1050 u8 plink_action; 1051 u8 plink_state; 1052 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1053 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1054 u8 uapsd_queues; 1055 u8 max_sp; 1056 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1057 u16 capability; 1058 const u8 *ext_capab; 1059 u8 ext_capab_len; 1060 const u8 *supported_channels; 1061 u8 supported_channels_len; 1062 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1063 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1064 u8 opmode_notif; 1065 bool opmode_notif_used; 1066 int support_p2p_ps; 1067 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1068 u8 he_capa_len; 1069 u16 airtime_weight; 1070 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1071 }; 1072 1073 /** 1074 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1075 * 1076 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1077 * 1078 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1079 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1080 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1081 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1082 */ 1083 struct station_del_parameters { 1084 const u8 *mac; 1085 u8 subtype; 1086 u16 reason_code; 1087 }; 1088 1089 /** 1090 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1091 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1092 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1093 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1094 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1095 * the AP MLME in the device 1096 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1097 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1098 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1099 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1100 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1101 * supported/used) 1102 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1103 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1104 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1105 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1106 */ 1107 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1108 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1109 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1110 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1111 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1112 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1113 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1114 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1115 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1116 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1117 }; 1118 1119 /** 1120 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1121 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1122 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1123 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1124 * 1125 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1126 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1127 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1128 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1129 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1130 */ 1131 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1132 struct station_parameters *params, 1133 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1134 1135 /** 1136 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1137 * 1138 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1139 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1140 * 1141 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1142 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1143 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1144 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS 1145 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1146 */ 1147 enum rate_info_flags { 1148 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1149 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1150 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1151 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3), 1152 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1153 }; 1154 1155 /** 1156 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1157 * 1158 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1159 * 1160 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1161 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1162 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1163 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1164 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1165 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1166 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1167 */ 1168 enum rate_info_bw { 1169 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1170 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1171 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1172 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1173 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1174 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1175 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1176 }; 1177 1178 /** 1179 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1180 * 1181 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1182 * 1183 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1184 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1185 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1186 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1187 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1188 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1189 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1190 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1191 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1192 */ 1193 struct rate_info { 1194 u8 flags; 1195 u8 mcs; 1196 u16 legacy; 1197 u8 nss; 1198 u8 bw; 1199 u8 he_gi; 1200 u8 he_dcm; 1201 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1202 }; 1203 1204 /** 1205 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1206 * 1207 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1208 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1209 * 1210 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1211 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1212 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1213 */ 1214 enum bss_param_flags { 1215 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1216 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1217 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1218 }; 1219 1220 /** 1221 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1222 * 1223 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1224 * 1225 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1226 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1227 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1228 */ 1229 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1230 u8 flags; 1231 u8 dtim_period; 1232 u16 beacon_interval; 1233 }; 1234 1235 /** 1236 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1237 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1238 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1239 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1240 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1241 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1242 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1243 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1244 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1245 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1246 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1247 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1248 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1249 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1250 */ 1251 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1252 u32 filled; 1253 u32 backlog_bytes; 1254 u32 backlog_packets; 1255 u32 flows; 1256 u32 drops; 1257 u32 ecn_marks; 1258 u32 overlimit; 1259 u32 overmemory; 1260 u32 collisions; 1261 u32 tx_bytes; 1262 u32 tx_packets; 1263 u32 max_flows; 1264 }; 1265 1266 /** 1267 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1268 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1269 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1270 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1271 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1272 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1273 * transmitted MSDUs 1274 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1275 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1276 */ 1277 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1278 u32 filled; 1279 u64 rx_msdu; 1280 u64 tx_msdu; 1281 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1282 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1283 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1284 }; 1285 1286 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1287 1288 /** 1289 * struct station_info - station information 1290 * 1291 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1292 * 1293 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1294 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1295 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1296 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1297 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1298 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1299 * @llid: mesh local link id 1300 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1301 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1302 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1303 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1304 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1305 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1306 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1307 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1308 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1309 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1310 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1311 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1312 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1313 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1314 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1315 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1316 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1317 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1318 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1319 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1320 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1321 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1322 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1323 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1324 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1325 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1326 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1327 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1328 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1329 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1330 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1331 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1332 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1333 * towards this station. 1334 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1335 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1336 * from this peer 1337 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1338 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1339 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1340 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1341 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1342 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1343 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1344 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1345 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1346 * been sent. 1347 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1348 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1349 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1350 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1351 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1352 */ 1353 struct station_info { 1354 u64 filled; 1355 u32 connected_time; 1356 u32 inactive_time; 1357 u64 rx_bytes; 1358 u64 tx_bytes; 1359 u16 llid; 1360 u16 plid; 1361 u8 plink_state; 1362 s8 signal; 1363 s8 signal_avg; 1364 1365 u8 chains; 1366 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1367 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1368 1369 struct rate_info txrate; 1370 struct rate_info rxrate; 1371 u32 rx_packets; 1372 u32 tx_packets; 1373 u32 tx_retries; 1374 u32 tx_failed; 1375 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1376 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1377 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1378 1379 int generation; 1380 1381 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1382 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1383 1384 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1385 s64 t_offset; 1386 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1387 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1388 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1389 1390 u32 expected_throughput; 1391 1392 u64 tx_duration; 1393 u64 rx_duration; 1394 u64 rx_beacon; 1395 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1396 u8 connected_to_gate; 1397 1398 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1399 s8 ack_signal; 1400 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1401 1402 u16 airtime_weight; 1403 1404 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1405 u32 fcs_err_count; 1406 1407 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1408 }; 1409 1410 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1411 /** 1412 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1413 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1414 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1415 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1416 * 1417 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1418 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1419 * considered undefined. 1420 */ 1421 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1422 struct station_info *sinfo); 1423 #else 1424 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1425 const u8 *mac_addr, 1426 struct station_info *sinfo) 1427 { 1428 return -ENOENT; 1429 } 1430 #endif 1431 1432 /** 1433 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1434 * 1435 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1436 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1437 * 1438 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1439 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1440 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1441 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1442 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1443 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1444 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1445 */ 1446 enum monitor_flags { 1447 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1448 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1449 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1450 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1451 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1452 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1453 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1454 }; 1455 1456 /** 1457 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1458 * 1459 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1460 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1461 * 1462 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1463 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1464 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1465 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1466 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1467 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1468 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1469 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1470 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1471 */ 1472 enum mpath_info_flags { 1473 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1474 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1475 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1476 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1477 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1478 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1479 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1480 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1481 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1482 }; 1483 1484 /** 1485 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1486 * 1487 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1488 * 1489 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1490 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1491 * @sn: target sequence number 1492 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1493 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1494 * @flags: mesh path flags 1495 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1496 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1497 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1498 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1499 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1500 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1501 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1502 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1503 */ 1504 struct mpath_info { 1505 u32 filled; 1506 u32 frame_qlen; 1507 u32 sn; 1508 u32 metric; 1509 u32 exptime; 1510 u32 discovery_timeout; 1511 u8 discovery_retries; 1512 u8 flags; 1513 u8 hop_count; 1514 u32 path_change_count; 1515 1516 int generation; 1517 }; 1518 1519 /** 1520 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1521 * 1522 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1523 * 1524 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1525 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1526 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1527 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1528 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1529 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1530 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1531 * (or NULL for no change) 1532 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1533 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1534 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1535 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1536 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1537 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1538 */ 1539 struct bss_parameters { 1540 int use_cts_prot; 1541 int use_short_preamble; 1542 int use_short_slot_time; 1543 const u8 *basic_rates; 1544 u8 basic_rates_len; 1545 int ap_isolate; 1546 int ht_opmode; 1547 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1548 }; 1549 1550 /** 1551 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1552 * 1553 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1554 * 1555 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1556 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1557 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1558 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1559 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1560 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1561 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1562 * mesh interface 1563 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1564 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1565 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1566 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1567 * elements 1568 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1569 * detect compatible mesh peers 1570 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1571 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1572 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1573 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1574 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1575 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1576 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1577 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1578 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1579 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1580 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1581 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1582 * element 1583 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1584 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1585 * element 1586 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1587 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1588 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1589 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1590 * announcements are transmitted 1591 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1592 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1593 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1594 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1595 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1596 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1597 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1598 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1599 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1600 * station to establish a peer link 1601 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1602 * 1603 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1604 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1605 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1606 * 1607 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1608 * PREQs are transmitted. 1609 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1610 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1611 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1612 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1613 * setting for new peer links. 1614 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1615 * after transmitting its beacon. 1616 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1617 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1618 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1619 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1620 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1621 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1622 * in the mesh path table 1623 */ 1624 struct mesh_config { 1625 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1626 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1627 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1628 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1629 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1630 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1631 u8 element_ttl; 1632 bool auto_open_plinks; 1633 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1634 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1635 u32 path_refresh_time; 1636 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1637 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1638 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1639 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1640 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1641 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1642 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1643 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1644 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1645 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1646 s32 rssi_threshold; 1647 u16 ht_opmode; 1648 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1649 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1650 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1651 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1652 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1653 u32 plink_timeout; 1654 }; 1655 1656 /** 1657 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1658 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1659 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1660 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1661 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1662 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1663 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1664 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1665 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1666 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1667 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1668 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1669 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1670 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1671 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1672 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1673 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1674 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1675 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1676 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1677 * to operate on DFS channels. 1678 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1679 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1680 * 1681 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1682 */ 1683 struct mesh_setup { 1684 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1685 const u8 *mesh_id; 1686 u8 mesh_id_len; 1687 u8 sync_method; 1688 u8 path_sel_proto; 1689 u8 path_metric; 1690 u8 auth_id; 1691 const u8 *ie; 1692 u8 ie_len; 1693 bool is_authenticated; 1694 bool is_secure; 1695 bool user_mpm; 1696 u8 dtim_period; 1697 u16 beacon_interval; 1698 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1699 u32 basic_rates; 1700 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1701 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1702 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1703 }; 1704 1705 /** 1706 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1707 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1708 * 1709 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1710 */ 1711 struct ocb_setup { 1712 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1713 }; 1714 1715 /** 1716 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1717 * @ac: AC identifier 1718 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1719 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1720 * 1..32767] 1721 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1722 * 1..32767] 1723 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1724 */ 1725 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1726 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1727 u16 txop; 1728 u16 cwmin; 1729 u16 cwmax; 1730 u8 aifs; 1731 }; 1732 1733 /** 1734 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1735 * 1736 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1737 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1738 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1739 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1740 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1741 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1742 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1743 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1744 * in the wiphy structure. 1745 * 1746 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1747 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1748 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1749 * 1750 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1751 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1752 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1753 * to userspace. 1754 */ 1755 1756 /** 1757 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1758 * @ssid: the SSID 1759 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1760 */ 1761 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1762 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1763 u8 ssid_len; 1764 }; 1765 1766 /** 1767 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1768 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1769 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1770 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1771 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1772 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1773 * userspace will be notified of that 1774 */ 1775 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1776 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1777 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1778 bool aborted; 1779 }; 1780 1781 /** 1782 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1783 * 1784 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1785 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1786 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1787 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1788 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1789 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1790 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1791 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1792 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1793 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1794 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1795 * %duration field. 1796 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1797 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1798 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1799 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1800 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1801 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1802 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1803 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1804 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1805 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1806 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1807 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1808 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1809 */ 1810 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1811 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1812 int n_ssids; 1813 u32 n_channels; 1814 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1815 const u8 *ie; 1816 size_t ie_len; 1817 u16 duration; 1818 bool duration_mandatory; 1819 u32 flags; 1820 1821 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1822 1823 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1824 1825 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1826 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1827 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1828 1829 /* internal */ 1830 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1831 unsigned long scan_start; 1832 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1833 bool notified; 1834 bool no_cck; 1835 1836 /* keep last */ 1837 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1838 }; 1839 1840 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1841 { 1842 int i; 1843 1844 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1845 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1846 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1847 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1848 } 1849 } 1850 1851 /** 1852 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1853 * 1854 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1855 * or no match (RSSI only) 1856 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1857 * or no match (RSSI only) 1858 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1859 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1860 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1861 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1862 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1863 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1864 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1865 * corresponding matchset. 1866 */ 1867 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1868 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1869 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1870 s32 rssi_thold; 1871 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1872 }; 1873 1874 /** 1875 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1876 * 1877 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1878 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1879 * infinite loop. 1880 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 1881 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 1882 */ 1883 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 1884 u32 interval; 1885 u32 iterations; 1886 }; 1887 1888 /** 1889 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 1890 * 1891 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 1892 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 1893 */ 1894 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 1895 enum nl80211_band band; 1896 s8 delta; 1897 }; 1898 1899 /** 1900 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 1901 * 1902 * @reqid: identifies this request. 1903 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 1904 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1905 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1906 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1907 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1908 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1909 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1910 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 1911 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 1912 * (others are filtered out). 1913 * If ommited, all results are passed. 1914 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 1915 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 1916 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1917 * @dev: the interface 1918 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 1919 * @channels: channels to scan 1920 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 1921 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 1922 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1923 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1924 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1925 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1926 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 1927 * index must be executed first. 1928 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 1929 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 1930 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 1931 * owned by a particular socket) 1932 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 1933 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 1934 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 1935 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 1936 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 1937 * supported. 1938 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 1939 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 1940 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 1941 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 1942 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 1943 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 1944 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 1945 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 1946 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 1947 * comparisions. 1948 */ 1949 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 1950 u64 reqid; 1951 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1952 int n_ssids; 1953 u32 n_channels; 1954 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1955 const u8 *ie; 1956 size_t ie_len; 1957 u32 flags; 1958 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 1959 int n_match_sets; 1960 s32 min_rssi_thold; 1961 u32 delay; 1962 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 1963 int n_scan_plans; 1964 1965 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1966 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1967 1968 bool relative_rssi_set; 1969 s8 relative_rssi; 1970 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 1971 1972 /* internal */ 1973 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1974 struct net_device *dev; 1975 unsigned long scan_start; 1976 bool report_results; 1977 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 1978 u32 owner_nlportid; 1979 bool nl_owner_dead; 1980 struct list_head list; 1981 1982 /* keep last */ 1983 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1984 }; 1985 1986 /** 1987 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 1988 * 1989 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 1990 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 1991 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 1992 */ 1993 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 1994 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 1995 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 1996 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 1997 }; 1998 1999 /** 2000 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2001 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2002 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2003 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2004 * signal type 2005 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2006 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2007 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2008 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2009 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2010 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate. 2011 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2012 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2013 * by %parent_bssid. 2014 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2015 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2016 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2017 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2018 */ 2019 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2020 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2021 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2022 s32 signal; 2023 u64 boottime_ns; 2024 u64 parent_tsf; 2025 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2026 u8 chains; 2027 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2028 }; 2029 2030 /** 2031 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2032 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2033 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2034 * @len: length of the IEs 2035 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2036 * @data: IE data 2037 */ 2038 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2039 u64 tsf; 2040 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2041 int len; 2042 bool from_beacon; 2043 u8 data[]; 2044 }; 2045 2046 /** 2047 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2048 * 2049 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2050 * for use in scan results and similar. 2051 * 2052 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2053 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2054 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2055 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2056 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2057 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2058 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2059 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2060 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2061 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2062 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2063 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2064 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2065 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2066 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2067 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2068 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2069 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2070 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2071 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2072 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2073 * (multi-BSSID support) 2074 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2075 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2076 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2077 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2078 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2079 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2080 */ 2081 struct cfg80211_bss { 2082 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2083 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2084 2085 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2086 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2087 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2088 2089 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2090 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2091 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2092 2093 s32 signal; 2094 2095 u16 beacon_interval; 2096 u16 capability; 2097 2098 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2099 u8 chains; 2100 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2101 2102 u8 bssid_index; 2103 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2104 2105 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2106 }; 2107 2108 /** 2109 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2110 * @bss: the bss to search 2111 * @id: the element ID 2112 * 2113 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2114 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2115 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2116 */ 2117 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2118 2119 /** 2120 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2121 * @bss: the bss to search 2122 * @id: the element ID 2123 * 2124 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2125 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2126 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2127 */ 2128 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2129 { 2130 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2131 } 2132 2133 2134 /** 2135 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2136 * 2137 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2138 * authentication. 2139 * 2140 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2141 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2142 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2143 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2144 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2145 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2146 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2147 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2148 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2149 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2150 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2151 * transaction sequence number field. 2152 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2153 */ 2154 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2155 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2156 const u8 *ie; 2157 size_t ie_len; 2158 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2159 const u8 *key; 2160 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2161 const u8 *auth_data; 2162 size_t auth_data_len; 2163 }; 2164 2165 /** 2166 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2167 * 2168 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2169 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2170 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2171 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2172 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2173 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2174 * request (connect callback). 2175 */ 2176 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2177 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2178 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2179 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2180 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2181 }; 2182 2183 /** 2184 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2185 * 2186 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2187 * (re)association. 2188 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2189 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2190 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2191 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2192 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2193 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2194 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2195 * @crypto: crypto settings 2196 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2197 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2198 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2199 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2200 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2201 * frame. 2202 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2203 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2204 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2205 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2206 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2207 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2208 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2209 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2210 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2211 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2212 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2213 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2214 */ 2215 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2216 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2217 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2218 size_t ie_len; 2219 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2220 bool use_mfp; 2221 u32 flags; 2222 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2223 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2224 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2225 const u8 *fils_kek; 2226 size_t fils_kek_len; 2227 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2228 }; 2229 2230 /** 2231 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2232 * 2233 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2234 * deauthentication. 2235 * 2236 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2237 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2238 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2239 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2240 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2241 * do not set a deauth frame 2242 */ 2243 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2244 const u8 *bssid; 2245 const u8 *ie; 2246 size_t ie_len; 2247 u16 reason_code; 2248 bool local_state_change; 2249 }; 2250 2251 /** 2252 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2253 * 2254 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2255 * disassociation. 2256 * 2257 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2258 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2259 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2260 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2261 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2262 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2263 */ 2264 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2265 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2266 const u8 *ie; 2267 size_t ie_len; 2268 u16 reason_code; 2269 bool local_state_change; 2270 }; 2271 2272 /** 2273 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2274 * 2275 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2276 * method. 2277 * 2278 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2279 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2280 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2281 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2282 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2283 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2284 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2285 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2286 * @ie_len: length of that 2287 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2288 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2289 * after joining 2290 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2291 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2292 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2293 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2294 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2295 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2296 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2297 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2298 * to operate on DFS channels. 2299 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2300 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2301 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2302 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2303 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2304 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2305 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2306 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2307 */ 2308 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2309 const u8 *ssid; 2310 const u8 *bssid; 2311 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2312 const u8 *ie; 2313 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2314 u16 beacon_interval; 2315 u32 basic_rates; 2316 bool channel_fixed; 2317 bool privacy; 2318 bool control_port; 2319 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2320 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2321 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2322 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2323 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2324 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2325 int wep_tx_key; 2326 }; 2327 2328 /** 2329 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2330 * 2331 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2332 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2333 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2334 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2335 */ 2336 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2337 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2338 union { 2339 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2340 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2341 } param; 2342 }; 2343 2344 /** 2345 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2346 * 2347 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2348 * authentication and association. 2349 * 2350 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2351 * on scan results) 2352 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2353 * %NULL if not specified 2354 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2355 * results) 2356 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2357 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2358 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2359 * to use. 2360 * @ssid: SSID 2361 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2362 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2363 * @ie: IEs for association request 2364 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2365 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2366 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2367 * @crypto: crypto settings 2368 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2369 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2370 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2371 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2372 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2373 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2374 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2375 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2376 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2377 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2378 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2379 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2380 * networks. 2381 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2382 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2383 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2384 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2385 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2386 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2387 * frame. 2388 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2389 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2390 * data IE. 2391 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2392 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2393 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2394 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2395 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2396 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2397 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2398 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2399 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2400 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2401 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2402 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2403 */ 2404 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2405 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2406 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2407 const u8 *bssid; 2408 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2409 const u8 *ssid; 2410 size_t ssid_len; 2411 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2412 const u8 *ie; 2413 size_t ie_len; 2414 bool privacy; 2415 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2416 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2417 const u8 *key; 2418 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2419 u32 flags; 2420 int bg_scan_period; 2421 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2422 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2423 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2424 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2425 bool pbss; 2426 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2427 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2428 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2429 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2430 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2431 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2432 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2433 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2434 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2435 bool want_1x; 2436 }; 2437 2438 /** 2439 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2440 * 2441 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2442 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2443 * 2444 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2445 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2446 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2447 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2448 */ 2449 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2450 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2451 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2452 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2453 }; 2454 2455 /** 2456 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2457 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2458 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2459 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2460 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2461 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2462 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2463 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2464 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2465 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2466 */ 2467 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2468 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2469 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2470 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2471 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2472 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2473 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2474 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2475 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2476 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2477 }; 2478 2479 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2480 2481 /** 2482 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2483 * 2484 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2485 * caching. 2486 * 2487 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2488 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2489 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2490 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2491 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2492 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2493 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2494 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2495 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2496 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2497 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2498 * %NULL). 2499 */ 2500 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2501 const u8 *bssid; 2502 const u8 *pmkid; 2503 const u8 *pmk; 2504 size_t pmk_len; 2505 const u8 *ssid; 2506 size_t ssid_len; 2507 const u8 *cache_id; 2508 }; 2509 2510 /** 2511 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2512 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2513 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2514 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2515 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2516 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2517 * 2518 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2519 * memory, free @mask only! 2520 */ 2521 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2522 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2523 int pattern_len; 2524 int pkt_offset; 2525 }; 2526 2527 /** 2528 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2529 * 2530 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2531 * @src: source IP address 2532 * @dst: destination IP address 2533 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2534 * @src_port: source port 2535 * @dst_port: destination port 2536 * @payload_len: data payload length 2537 * @payload: data payload buffer 2538 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2539 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2540 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2541 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2542 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2543 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2544 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2545 */ 2546 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2547 struct socket *sock; 2548 __be32 src, dst; 2549 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2550 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2551 int payload_len; 2552 const u8 *payload; 2553 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2554 u32 data_interval; 2555 u32 wake_len; 2556 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2557 u32 tokens_size; 2558 /* must be last, variable member */ 2559 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2560 }; 2561 2562 /** 2563 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2564 * 2565 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2566 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2567 * operating as normal during suspend 2568 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2569 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2570 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2571 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2572 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2573 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2574 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2575 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2576 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2577 * NULL if not configured. 2578 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2579 */ 2580 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2581 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2582 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2583 rfkill_release; 2584 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2585 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2586 int n_patterns; 2587 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2588 }; 2589 2590 /** 2591 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2592 * 2593 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2594 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2595 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2596 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2597 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2598 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2599 */ 2600 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2601 int delay; 2602 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2603 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2604 int n_patterns; 2605 }; 2606 2607 /** 2608 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2609 * 2610 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2611 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2612 * @n_rules: number of rules 2613 */ 2614 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2615 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2616 int n_rules; 2617 }; 2618 2619 /** 2620 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2621 * 2622 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2623 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2624 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2625 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2626 * occurred (in MHz) 2627 */ 2628 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2629 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2630 int n_channels; 2631 u32 channels[]; 2632 }; 2633 2634 /** 2635 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2636 * 2637 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2638 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2639 * match information. 2640 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2641 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2642 */ 2643 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2644 int n_matches; 2645 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2646 }; 2647 2648 /** 2649 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2650 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2651 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2652 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2653 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2654 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2655 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2656 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2657 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2658 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2659 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2660 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2661 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2662 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2663 * it is. 2664 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2665 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2666 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2667 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2668 */ 2669 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2670 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2671 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2672 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2673 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2674 s32 pattern_idx; 2675 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2676 const void *packet; 2677 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2678 }; 2679 2680 /** 2681 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2682 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2683 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2684 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2685 */ 2686 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2687 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2688 }; 2689 2690 /** 2691 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2692 * 2693 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2694 * 2695 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2696 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2697 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2698 */ 2699 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2700 u16 md; 2701 const u8 *ie; 2702 size_t ie_len; 2703 }; 2704 2705 /** 2706 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2707 * 2708 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2709 * 2710 * @chan: channel to use 2711 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2712 * @wait: duration for ROC 2713 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2714 * @len: buffer length 2715 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2716 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2717 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2718 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2719 */ 2720 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2721 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2722 bool offchan; 2723 unsigned int wait; 2724 const u8 *buf; 2725 size_t len; 2726 bool no_cck; 2727 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2728 int n_csa_offsets; 2729 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2730 }; 2731 2732 /** 2733 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2734 * 2735 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2736 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2737 */ 2738 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2739 u8 dscp; 2740 u8 up; 2741 }; 2742 2743 /** 2744 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2745 * 2746 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2747 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2748 */ 2749 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2750 u8 low; 2751 u8 high; 2752 }; 2753 2754 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2755 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2756 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2757 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2758 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2759 2760 /** 2761 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2762 * 2763 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2764 * 2765 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2766 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2767 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2768 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2769 */ 2770 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2771 u8 num_des; 2772 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2773 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2774 }; 2775 2776 /** 2777 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2778 * 2779 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2780 * 2781 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2782 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2783 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2784 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2785 */ 2786 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2787 u8 master_pref; 2788 u8 bands; 2789 }; 2790 2791 /** 2792 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2793 * configuration 2794 * 2795 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2796 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2797 */ 2798 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2799 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2800 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2801 }; 2802 2803 /** 2804 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2805 * 2806 * @filter: the content of the filter 2807 * @len: the length of the filter 2808 */ 2809 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2810 const u8 *filter; 2811 u8 len; 2812 }; 2813 2814 /** 2815 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2816 * 2817 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2818 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2819 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2820 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2821 * implementation specific. 2822 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2823 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2824 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2825 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2826 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2827 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2828 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2829 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2830 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2831 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2832 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2833 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2834 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2835 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2836 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2837 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2838 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2839 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2840 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2841 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2842 */ 2843 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2844 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2845 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2846 u8 publish_type; 2847 bool close_range; 2848 bool publish_bcast; 2849 bool subscribe_active; 2850 u8 followup_id; 2851 u8 followup_reqid; 2852 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2853 u32 ttl; 2854 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2855 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2856 bool srf_include; 2857 const u8 *srf_bf; 2858 u8 srf_bf_len; 2859 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2860 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2861 int srf_num_macs; 2862 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2863 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2864 u8 num_tx_filters; 2865 u8 num_rx_filters; 2866 u8 instance_id; 2867 u64 cookie; 2868 }; 2869 2870 /** 2871 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2872 * 2873 * @aa: authenticator address 2874 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2875 * @pmk: the PMK material 2876 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 2877 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 2878 * holds PMK-R0. 2879 */ 2880 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 2881 const u8 *aa; 2882 u8 pmk_len; 2883 const u8 *pmk; 2884 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 2885 }; 2886 2887 /** 2888 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 2889 * 2890 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 2891 * 2892 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 2893 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 2894 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 2895 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 2896 * authentication response command interface. 2897 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 2898 * authentication response command interface. 2899 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 2900 * authentication request event interface. 2901 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 2902 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 2903 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 2904 * response command interface (user space to driver). 2905 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2906 */ 2907 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 2908 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 2909 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2910 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2911 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 2912 u16 status; 2913 const u8 *pmkid; 2914 }; 2915 2916 /** 2917 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 2918 * 2919 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 2920 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2921 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 2922 * answered 2923 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 2924 * successfully answered 2925 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 2926 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 2927 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 2928 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 2929 * of how much time the responder was busy 2930 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 2931 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 2932 * the responder 2933 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 2934 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 2935 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 2936 */ 2937 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 2938 u32 filled; 2939 u32 success_num; 2940 u32 partial_num; 2941 u32 failed_num; 2942 u32 asap_num; 2943 u32 non_asap_num; 2944 u64 total_duration_ms; 2945 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 2946 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 2947 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 2948 }; 2949 2950 /** 2951 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 2952 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 2953 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 2954 * reason than just "failure" 2955 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 2956 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 2957 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 2958 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 2959 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 2960 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 2961 * by the responder 2962 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 2963 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 2964 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 2965 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 2966 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 2967 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 2968 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 2969 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2970 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2971 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 2972 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 2973 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 2974 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 2975 * the square root of the variance) 2976 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 2977 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 2978 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 2979 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 2980 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 2981 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 2982 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 2983 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 2984 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 2985 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 2986 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 2987 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 2988 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 2989 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 2990 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 2991 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 2992 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 2993 */ 2994 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 2995 const u8 *lci; 2996 const u8 *civicloc; 2997 unsigned int lci_len; 2998 unsigned int civicloc_len; 2999 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3000 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3001 s16 burst_index; 3002 u8 busy_retry_time; 3003 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3004 u8 burst_duration; 3005 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3006 s32 rssi_avg; 3007 s32 rssi_spread; 3008 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3009 s64 rtt_avg; 3010 s64 rtt_variance; 3011 s64 rtt_spread; 3012 s64 dist_avg; 3013 s64 dist_variance; 3014 s64 dist_spread; 3015 3016 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3017 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3018 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3019 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3020 tx_rate_valid:1, 3021 rx_rate_valid:1, 3022 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3023 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3024 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3025 dist_avg_valid:1, 3026 dist_variance_valid:1, 3027 dist_spread_valid:1; 3028 }; 3029 3030 /** 3031 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3032 * @addr: address of the peer 3033 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3034 * measurement was made) 3035 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3036 * @status: status of the measurement 3037 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3038 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3039 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3040 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3041 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3042 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3043 */ 3044 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3045 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3046 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3047 3048 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3049 3050 u8 final:1, 3051 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3052 3053 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3054 3055 union { 3056 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3057 }; 3058 }; 3059 3060 /** 3061 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3062 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3063 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3064 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3065 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3066 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3067 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3068 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3069 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3070 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3071 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3072 * 3073 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3074 */ 3075 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3076 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3077 u16 burst_period; 3078 u8 requested:1, 3079 asap:1, 3080 request_lci:1, 3081 request_civicloc:1; 3082 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3083 u8 burst_duration; 3084 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3085 u8 ftmr_retries; 3086 }; 3087 3088 /** 3089 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3090 * @addr: MAC address 3091 * @chandef: channel to use 3092 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3093 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3094 */ 3095 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3096 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3097 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3098 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3099 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3100 }; 3101 3102 /** 3103 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3104 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3105 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3106 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3107 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3108 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3109 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3110 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3111 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3112 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3113 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3114 * zero it means there's no timeout 3115 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3116 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3117 */ 3118 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3119 u64 cookie; 3120 void *drv_data; 3121 u32 n_peers; 3122 u32 nl_portid; 3123 3124 u32 timeout; 3125 3126 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3127 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3128 3129 struct list_head list; 3130 3131 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3132 }; 3133 3134 /** 3135 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3136 * 3137 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3138 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3139 * 3140 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3141 * 3142 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3143 * has to be done. 3144 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3145 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3146 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3147 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3148 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3149 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3150 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3151 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3152 */ 3153 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3154 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3155 u16 status; 3156 const u8 *ie; 3157 size_t ie_len; 3158 }; 3159 3160 /** 3161 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3162 * 3163 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3164 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3165 * 3166 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3167 * on success or a negative error code. 3168 * 3169 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3170 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3171 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3172 * 3173 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3174 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3175 * configured for the device. 3176 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3177 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3178 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3179 * the device. 3180 * 3181 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3182 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3183 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3184 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3185 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3186 * 3187 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3188 * 3189 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3190 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3191 * 3192 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3193 * when adding a group key. 3194 * 3195 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3196 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3197 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3198 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3199 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3200 * 3201 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3202 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3203 * 3204 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3205 * 3206 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3207 * 3208 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3209 * 3210 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3211 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3212 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3213 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3214 * 3215 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3216 * @del_station: Remove a station 3217 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3218 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3219 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3220 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3221 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3222 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3223 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3224 * 3225 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3226 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3227 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3228 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3229 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3230 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3231 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3232 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3233 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3234 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3235 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3236 * 3237 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3238 * 3239 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3240 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3241 * set, and which to leave alone. 3242 * 3243 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3244 * 3245 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3246 * 3247 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3248 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3249 * join the mesh instead. 3250 * 3251 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3252 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3253 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3254 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3255 * 3256 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3257 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3258 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3259 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3260 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3261 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3262 * 3263 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3264 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3265 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3266 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3267 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3268 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3269 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3270 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3271 * 3272 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3273 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3274 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3275 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3276 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3277 * was received. 3278 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3279 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3280 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3281 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3282 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3283 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3284 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3285 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3286 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3287 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3288 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3289 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3290 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3291 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3292 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3293 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3294 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3295 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3296 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3297 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3298 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3299 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3300 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3301 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3302 * 3303 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3304 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3305 * to a merge. 3306 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3307 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3308 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3309 * 3310 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3311 * MESH mode) 3312 * 3313 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3314 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3315 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3316 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3317 * 3318 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3319 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3320 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3321 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3322 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3323 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3324 * return 0 if successful 3325 * 3326 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3327 * 3328 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3329 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3330 * 3331 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3332 * 3333 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3334 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3335 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3336 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3337 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3338 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3339 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3340 * the duration value. 3341 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3342 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3343 * frame on another channel 3344 * 3345 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3346 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3347 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3348 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3349 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3350 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3351 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3352 * 3353 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3354 * 3355 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3356 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3357 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3358 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3359 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3360 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3361 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3362 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3363 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3364 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3365 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3366 * disabled.) 3367 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3368 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3369 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3370 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3371 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3372 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3373 * thresholds. 3374 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3375 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3376 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3377 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3378 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3379 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3380 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3381 * 3382 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3383 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3384 * 3385 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3386 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3387 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3388 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3389 * 3390 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3391 * 3392 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3393 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3394 * 3395 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3396 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3397 * 3398 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3399 * 3400 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3401 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3402 * current monitoring channel. 3403 * 3404 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3405 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3406 * 3407 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3408 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3409 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3410 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3411 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3412 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3413 * 3414 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3415 * 3416 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3417 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3418 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3419 * 3420 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3421 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3422 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3423 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3424 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3425 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3426 * 3427 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3428 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3429 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3430 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3431 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3432 * as soon as possible. 3433 * 3434 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3435 * 3436 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3437 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3438 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3439 * 3440 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3441 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3442 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3443 * account. 3444 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3445 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3446 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3447 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3448 * rejected) 3449 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3450 * 3451 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3452 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3453 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3454 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3455 * 3456 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3457 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3458 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3459 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3460 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3461 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3462 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3463 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3464 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3465 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3466 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3467 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3468 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3469 * provided @nan_func. 3470 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3471 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3472 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3473 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3474 * 3475 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3476 * 3477 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3478 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3479 * 3480 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3481 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3482 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3483 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3484 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3485 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3486 * 3487 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3488 * user space 3489 * 3490 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3491 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3492 * 3493 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3494 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3495 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3496 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3497 * 3498 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3499 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3500 * DH IE through this interface. 3501 * 3502 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3503 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3504 */ 3505 struct cfg80211_ops { 3506 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3507 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3508 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3509 3510 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3511 const char *name, 3512 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3513 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3514 struct vif_params *params); 3515 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3516 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3517 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3518 struct net_device *dev, 3519 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3520 struct vif_params *params); 3521 3522 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3523 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3524 struct key_params *params); 3525 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3526 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3527 void *cookie, 3528 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3529 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3530 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3531 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3532 struct net_device *netdev, 3533 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3534 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3535 struct net_device *netdev, 3536 u8 key_index); 3537 3538 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3539 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3540 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3541 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3542 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3543 3544 3545 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3546 const u8 *mac, 3547 struct station_parameters *params); 3548 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3549 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3550 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3551 const u8 *mac, 3552 struct station_parameters *params); 3553 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3554 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3555 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3556 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3557 3558 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3559 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3560 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3561 const u8 *dst); 3562 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3563 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3564 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3565 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3566 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3567 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3568 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3569 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3570 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3571 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3572 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3573 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3574 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3575 struct net_device *dev, 3576 struct mesh_config *conf); 3577 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3578 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3579 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3580 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3581 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3582 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3583 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3584 3585 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3586 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3587 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3588 3589 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3590 struct bss_parameters *params); 3591 3592 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3593 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3594 3595 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3596 struct net_device *dev, 3597 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3598 3599 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3600 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3601 3602 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3603 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3604 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3605 3606 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3607 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3608 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3609 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3610 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3611 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3612 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3613 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3614 3615 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3616 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3617 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3618 struct net_device *dev, 3619 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3620 u32 changed); 3621 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3622 u16 reason_code); 3623 3624 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3625 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3626 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3627 3628 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3629 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3630 3631 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3632 3633 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3634 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3635 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3636 int *dbm); 3637 3638 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3639 const u8 *addr); 3640 3641 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3642 3643 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3644 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3645 void *data, int len); 3646 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3647 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3648 void *data, int len); 3649 #endif 3650 3651 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3652 struct net_device *dev, 3653 const u8 *peer, 3654 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3655 3656 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3657 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3658 3659 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3660 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3661 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3662 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3663 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3664 3665 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3666 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3667 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3668 unsigned int duration, 3669 u64 *cookie); 3670 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3671 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3672 u64 cookie); 3673 3674 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3675 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3676 u64 *cookie); 3677 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3678 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3679 u64 cookie); 3680 3681 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3682 bool enabled, int timeout); 3683 3684 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3685 struct net_device *dev, 3686 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3687 3688 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3689 struct net_device *dev, 3690 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3691 3692 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3693 struct net_device *dev, 3694 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3695 3696 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3697 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3698 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3699 3700 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3701 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3702 3703 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3704 struct net_device *dev, 3705 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3706 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3707 u64 reqid); 3708 3709 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3710 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3711 3712 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3713 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3714 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3715 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3716 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3717 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3718 3719 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3720 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3721 3722 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3723 struct net_device *dev, 3724 u16 noack_map); 3725 3726 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3727 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3728 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3729 3730 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3731 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3732 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3733 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3734 3735 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3736 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3737 3738 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3739 struct net_device *dev, 3740 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3741 u32 cac_time_ms); 3742 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3743 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3744 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3745 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3746 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3747 u16 duration); 3748 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3749 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3750 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3751 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3752 3753 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3754 struct net_device *dev, 3755 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3756 3757 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3758 struct net_device *dev, 3759 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3760 3761 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3762 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3763 3764 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3765 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3766 u16 admitted_time); 3767 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3768 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3769 3770 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3771 struct net_device *dev, 3772 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3773 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3774 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3775 struct net_device *dev, 3776 const u8 *addr); 3777 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3778 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3779 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3780 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3781 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3782 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3783 u64 cookie); 3784 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3785 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3786 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3787 u32 changes); 3788 3789 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3790 struct net_device *dev, 3791 const bool enabled); 3792 3793 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3794 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3795 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3796 3797 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3798 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3799 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3800 const u8 *aa); 3801 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3802 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3803 3804 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3805 struct net_device *dev, 3806 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3807 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3808 const bool noencrypt); 3809 3810 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3811 struct net_device *dev, 3812 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3813 3814 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3815 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3816 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3817 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3818 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3819 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3820 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3821 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3822 }; 3823 3824 /* 3825 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3826 * and registration/helper functions 3827 */ 3828 3829 /** 3830 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3831 * 3832 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3833 * wiphy at all 3834 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3835 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3836 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3837 * reason to override the default 3838 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3839 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 3840 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 3841 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3842 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3843 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3844 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3845 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3846 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3847 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3848 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3849 * firmware. 3850 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3851 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3852 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3853 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3854 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3855 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3856 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3857 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3858 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3859 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3860 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3861 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3862 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3863 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3864 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3865 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3866 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3867 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3868 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3869 * before connection. 3870 */ 3871 enum wiphy_flags { 3872 /* use hole at 0 */ 3873 /* use hole at 1 */ 3874 /* use hole at 2 */ 3875 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 3876 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 3877 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 3878 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 3879 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 3880 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 3881 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 3882 /* use hole at 11 */ 3883 /* use hole at 12 */ 3884 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 3885 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 3886 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 3887 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 3888 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 3889 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 3890 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 3891 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 3892 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 3893 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 3894 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 3895 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 3896 }; 3897 3898 /** 3899 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 3900 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 3901 * @types: interface types (bits) 3902 */ 3903 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 3904 u16 max; 3905 u16 types; 3906 }; 3907 3908 /** 3909 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 3910 * 3911 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 3912 * combinations it supports concurrently. 3913 * 3914 * Examples: 3915 * 3916 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 3917 * 3918 * .. code-block:: c 3919 * 3920 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 3921 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3922 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 3923 * }; 3924 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 3925 * .limits = limits1, 3926 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 3927 * .max_interfaces = 2, 3928 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 3929 * }; 3930 * 3931 * 3932 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 3933 * 3934 * .. code-block:: c 3935 * 3936 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 3937 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 3938 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 3939 * }; 3940 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 3941 * .limits = limits2, 3942 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 3943 * .max_interfaces = 8, 3944 * .num_different_channels = 1, 3945 * }; 3946 * 3947 * 3948 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 3949 * 3950 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 3951 * 3952 * .. code-block:: c 3953 * 3954 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 3955 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3956 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 3957 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 3958 * }; 3959 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 3960 * .limits = limits3, 3961 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 3962 * .max_interfaces = 4, 3963 * .num_different_channels = 2, 3964 * }; 3965 * 3966 */ 3967 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 3968 /** 3969 * @limits: 3970 * limits for the given interface types 3971 */ 3972 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 3973 3974 /** 3975 * @num_different_channels: 3976 * can use up to this many different channels 3977 */ 3978 u32 num_different_channels; 3979 3980 /** 3981 * @max_interfaces: 3982 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 3983 */ 3984 u16 max_interfaces; 3985 3986 /** 3987 * @n_limits: 3988 * number of limitations 3989 */ 3990 u8 n_limits; 3991 3992 /** 3993 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 3994 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 3995 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 3996 */ 3997 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 3998 3999 /** 4000 * @radar_detect_widths: 4001 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4002 */ 4003 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4004 4005 /** 4006 * @radar_detect_regions: 4007 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4008 */ 4009 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4010 4011 /** 4012 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4013 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4014 * 4015 * = 0 4016 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4017 * > 0 4018 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4019 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4020 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4021 */ 4022 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4023 }; 4024 4025 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4026 u16 tx, rx; 4027 }; 4028 4029 /** 4030 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4031 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4032 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4033 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4034 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4035 * packet should be preserved in that case 4036 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4037 * (see nl80211.h) 4038 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4039 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4040 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4041 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4042 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4043 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4044 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4045 */ 4046 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4047 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4048 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4049 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4050 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4051 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4052 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4053 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4054 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4055 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4056 }; 4057 4058 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4059 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4060 u32 data_payload_max; 4061 u32 data_interval_max; 4062 u32 wake_payload_max; 4063 bool seq; 4064 }; 4065 4066 /** 4067 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4068 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4069 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4070 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4071 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4072 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4073 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4074 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4075 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4076 * scheduled scans. 4077 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4078 * details. 4079 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4080 */ 4081 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4082 u32 flags; 4083 int n_patterns; 4084 int pattern_max_len; 4085 int pattern_min_len; 4086 int max_pkt_offset; 4087 int max_nd_match_sets; 4088 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4089 }; 4090 4091 /** 4092 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4093 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4094 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4095 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4096 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4097 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4098 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4099 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4100 */ 4101 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4102 int n_rules; 4103 int max_delay; 4104 int n_patterns; 4105 int pattern_max_len; 4106 int pattern_min_len; 4107 int max_pkt_offset; 4108 }; 4109 4110 /** 4111 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4112 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4113 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4114 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4115 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4116 */ 4117 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4118 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4119 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4120 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4121 }; 4122 4123 /** 4124 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4125 * 4126 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4127 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4128 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4129 * 4130 */ 4131 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4132 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4133 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4134 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4135 }; 4136 4137 /** 4138 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4139 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4140 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4141 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4142 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4143 */ 4144 4145 struct sta_opmode_info { 4146 u32 changed; 4147 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4148 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4149 u8 rx_nss; 4150 }; 4151 4152 /** 4153 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4154 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4155 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4156 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4157 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4158 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4159 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4160 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4161 * dumpit calls. 4162 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4163 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4164 * are used with dump requests. 4165 */ 4166 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4167 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4168 u32 flags; 4169 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4170 const void *data, int data_len); 4171 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4172 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4173 unsigned long *storage); 4174 }; 4175 4176 /** 4177 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4178 * @iftype: interface type 4179 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4180 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4181 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4182 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4183 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4184 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4185 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4186 */ 4187 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4188 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4189 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4190 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4191 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4192 }; 4193 4194 /** 4195 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4196 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4197 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4198 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4199 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4200 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4201 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4202 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4203 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4204 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4205 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4206 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4207 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4208 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4209 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4210 * not limited) 4211 */ 4212 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4213 unsigned int max_peers; 4214 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4215 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4216 4217 struct { 4218 u32 preambles; 4219 u32 bandwidths; 4220 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4221 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4222 u8 supported:1, 4223 asap:1, 4224 non_asap:1, 4225 request_lci:1, 4226 request_civicloc:1; 4227 } ftm; 4228 }; 4229 4230 /** 4231 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4232 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4233 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4234 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4235 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4236 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4237 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4238 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4239 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4240 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4241 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4242 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4243 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4244 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4245 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4246 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4247 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4248 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4249 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4250 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4251 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4252 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4253 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4254 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4255 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4256 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4257 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4258 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4259 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4260 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4261 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4262 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4263 * unregister hardware 4264 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4265 * automatically on wiphy renames 4266 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4267 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4268 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4269 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4270 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4271 * must be set by driver 4272 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4273 * list single interface types. 4274 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4275 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4276 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4277 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4278 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4279 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4280 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4281 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4282 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4283 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4284 * this variable determines its size 4285 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4286 * any given scan 4287 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4288 * the device can run concurrently. 4289 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4290 * for in any given scheduled scan 4291 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4292 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4293 * supported. 4294 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4295 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4296 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4297 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4298 * scans 4299 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4300 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4301 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4302 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4303 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4304 * scan plan supported by the device. 4305 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4306 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4307 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4308 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4309 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4310 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4311 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4312 * 4313 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4314 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4315 * type 4316 * 4317 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4318 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4319 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4320 * 4321 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4322 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4323 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4324 * 4325 * @probe_resp_offload: 4326 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4327 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4328 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4329 * 4330 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4331 * may request, if implemented. 4332 * 4333 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4334 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4335 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4336 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4337 * 4338 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4339 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4340 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4341 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4342 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4343 * 4344 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4345 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4346 * 4347 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4348 * supports for ACL. 4349 * 4350 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4351 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4352 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4353 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4354 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4355 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4356 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4357 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4358 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4359 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4360 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4361 * capabilities are specified separately. 4362 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4363 * 4364 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4365 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4366 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4367 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4368 * 4369 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4370 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4371 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4372 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4373 * 4374 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4375 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4376 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4377 * infinite. 4378 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4379 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4380 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4381 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4382 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4383 * This value should be set in MHz. 4384 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4385 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4386 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4387 * 4388 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4389 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4390 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4391 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4392 * 4393 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4394 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4395 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4396 * 4397 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4398 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4399 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4400 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4401 * 4402 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4403 */ 4404 struct wiphy { 4405 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4406 4407 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4408 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4409 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4410 4411 struct mac_address *addresses; 4412 4413 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4414 4415 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4416 int n_iface_combinations; 4417 u16 software_iftypes; 4418 4419 u16 n_addresses; 4420 4421 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4422 u16 interface_modes; 4423 4424 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4425 4426 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4427 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4428 4429 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4430 4431 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4432 4433 int bss_priv_size; 4434 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4435 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4436 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4437 u8 max_match_sets; 4438 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4439 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4440 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4441 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4442 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4443 4444 int n_cipher_suites; 4445 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4446 4447 int n_akm_suites; 4448 const u32 *akm_suites; 4449 4450 u8 retry_short; 4451 u8 retry_long; 4452 u32 frag_threshold; 4453 u32 rts_threshold; 4454 u8 coverage_class; 4455 4456 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4457 u32 hw_version; 4458 4459 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4460 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4461 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4462 #endif 4463 4464 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4465 4466 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4467 4468 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4469 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4470 4471 /* 4472 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4473 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4474 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4475 */ 4476 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4477 4478 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4479 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4480 4481 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4482 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4483 4484 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4485 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4486 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4487 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4488 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4489 const void *privid; 4490 4491 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4492 4493 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4494 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4495 struct regulatory_request *request); 4496 4497 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4498 4499 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4500 4501 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4502 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4503 struct device dev; 4504 4505 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4506 bool registered; 4507 4508 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4509 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4510 4511 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4512 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4513 4514 struct list_head wdev_list; 4515 4516 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4517 possible_net_t _net; 4518 4519 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4520 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4521 #endif 4522 4523 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4524 4525 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4526 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4527 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4528 4529 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4530 4531 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4532 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4533 4534 u32 bss_select_support; 4535 4536 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4537 4538 u32 txq_limit; 4539 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4540 u32 txq_quantum; 4541 4542 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4543 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4544 4545 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4546 4547 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4548 }; 4549 4550 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4551 { 4552 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4553 } 4554 4555 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4556 { 4557 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4558 } 4559 4560 /** 4561 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4562 * 4563 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4564 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4565 */ 4566 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4567 { 4568 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4569 return &wiphy->priv; 4570 } 4571 4572 /** 4573 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4574 * 4575 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4576 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4577 */ 4578 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4579 { 4580 BUG_ON(!priv); 4581 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4582 } 4583 4584 /** 4585 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4586 * 4587 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4588 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4589 */ 4590 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4591 { 4592 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4593 } 4594 4595 /** 4596 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4597 * 4598 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4599 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4600 */ 4601 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4602 { 4603 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4604 } 4605 4606 /** 4607 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4608 * 4609 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4610 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4611 */ 4612 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4613 { 4614 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4615 } 4616 4617 /** 4618 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4619 * 4620 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4621 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4622 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4623 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4624 * 4625 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4626 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4627 * 4628 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4629 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4630 */ 4631 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4632 const char *requested_name); 4633 4634 /** 4635 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4636 * 4637 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4638 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4639 * 4640 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4641 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4642 * 4643 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4644 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4645 */ 4646 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4647 int sizeof_priv) 4648 { 4649 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4650 } 4651 4652 /** 4653 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4654 * 4655 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4656 * 4657 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4658 */ 4659 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4660 4661 /** 4662 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4663 * 4664 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4665 * 4666 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4667 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4668 * request that is being handled. 4669 */ 4670 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4671 4672 /** 4673 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4674 * 4675 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4676 */ 4677 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4678 4679 /* internal structs */ 4680 struct cfg80211_conn; 4681 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4682 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4683 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4684 4685 /** 4686 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4687 * 4688 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4689 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4690 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4691 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4692 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4693 * 4694 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4695 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4696 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4697 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4698 * 4699 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4700 * @iftype: interface type 4701 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4702 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4703 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4704 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4705 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4706 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4707 * the user-set channel definition. 4708 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4709 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4710 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4711 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4712 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4713 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4714 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4715 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4716 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4717 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4718 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4719 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4720 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4721 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4722 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4723 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4724 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4725 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4726 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4727 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4728 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4729 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4730 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4731 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4732 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4733 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4734 * and some API functions require it held 4735 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4736 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4737 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4738 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4739 * the P2P Device. 4740 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4741 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4742 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4743 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4744 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4745 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4746 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4747 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4748 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4749 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4750 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4751 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4752 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4753 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4754 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4755 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4756 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4757 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4758 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4759 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4760 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4761 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4762 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4763 */ 4764 struct wireless_dev { 4765 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4766 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4767 4768 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4769 struct list_head list; 4770 struct net_device *netdev; 4771 4772 u32 identifier; 4773 4774 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4775 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4776 4777 struct mutex mtx; 4778 4779 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4780 4781 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4782 4783 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4784 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4785 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4786 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4787 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4788 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4789 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4790 4791 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4792 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4793 4794 struct list_head event_list; 4795 spinlock_t event_lock; 4796 4797 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4798 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4799 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4800 4801 bool ibss_fixed; 4802 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4803 4804 bool ps; 4805 int ps_timeout; 4806 4807 int beacon_interval; 4808 4809 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4810 4811 u32 owner_nlportid; 4812 bool nl_owner_dead; 4813 4814 bool cac_started; 4815 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4816 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4817 4818 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4819 /* wext data */ 4820 struct { 4821 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4822 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4823 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4824 const u8 *ie; 4825 size_t ie_len; 4826 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4827 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4828 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4829 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4830 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4831 } wext; 4832 #endif 4833 4834 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4835 4836 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4837 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4838 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4839 }; 4840 4841 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4842 { 4843 if (wdev->netdev) 4844 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4845 return wdev->address; 4846 } 4847 4848 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4849 { 4850 if (wdev->netdev) 4851 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4852 return wdev->is_running; 4853 } 4854 4855 /** 4856 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4857 * 4858 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4859 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4860 */ 4861 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4862 { 4863 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4864 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4865 } 4866 4867 /** 4868 * DOC: Utility functions 4869 * 4870 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 4871 */ 4872 4873 /** 4874 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 4875 * @chan: channel number 4876 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 4877 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 4878 */ 4879 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 4880 4881 /** 4882 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 4883 * @freq: center frequency 4884 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 4885 */ 4886 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 4887 4888 /** 4889 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 4890 * 4891 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 4892 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 4893 * 4894 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 4895 */ 4896 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 4897 4898 /** 4899 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 4900 * 4901 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4902 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 4903 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 4904 * 4905 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 4906 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 4907 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 4908 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 4909 */ 4910 struct ieee80211_rate * 4911 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4912 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 4913 4914 /** 4915 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 4916 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4917 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 4918 * 4919 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 4920 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 4921 */ 4922 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4923 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 4924 4925 /* 4926 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 4927 * 4928 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 4929 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 4930 */ 4931 4932 struct radiotap_align_size { 4933 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 4934 }; 4935 4936 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 4937 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 4938 int n_bits; 4939 uint32_t oui; 4940 uint8_t subns; 4941 }; 4942 4943 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 4944 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 4945 int n_ns; 4946 }; 4947 4948 /** 4949 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 4950 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 4951 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 4952 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 4953 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 4954 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 4955 * the beginning of the actual data portion 4956 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 4957 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 4958 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 4959 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 4960 * radiotap namespace or not 4961 * 4962 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 4963 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 4964 * @_arg_index: next argument index 4965 * @_arg: next argument pointer 4966 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 4967 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 4968 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 4969 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 4970 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 4971 * next bitmap word 4972 * 4973 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 4974 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 4975 */ 4976 4977 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 4978 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 4979 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 4980 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 4981 4982 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 4983 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 4984 4985 unsigned char *this_arg; 4986 int this_arg_index; 4987 int this_arg_size; 4988 4989 int is_radiotap_ns; 4990 4991 int _max_length; 4992 int _arg_index; 4993 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 4994 int _reset_on_ext; 4995 }; 4996 4997 int 4998 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 4999 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5000 int max_length, 5001 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5002 5003 int 5004 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5005 5006 5007 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5008 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5009 5010 /** 5011 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5012 * 5013 * @skb: the frame 5014 * 5015 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5016 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5017 * 5018 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5019 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5020 * 802.11 header. 5021 */ 5022 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5023 5024 /** 5025 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5026 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5027 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5028 */ 5029 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5030 5031 /** 5032 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5033 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5034 * (first byte) will be accessed 5035 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5036 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5037 */ 5038 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5039 5040 /** 5041 * DOC: Data path helpers 5042 * 5043 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5044 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5045 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5046 */ 5047 5048 /** 5049 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5050 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5051 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5052 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5053 * @addr: the device MAC address 5054 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5055 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5056 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5057 */ 5058 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5059 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5060 u8 data_offset); 5061 5062 /** 5063 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5064 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5065 * @addr: the device MAC address 5066 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5067 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5068 */ 5069 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5070 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5071 { 5072 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5073 } 5074 5075 /** 5076 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5077 * 5078 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5079 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5080 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5081 * 5082 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5083 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5084 * initialized by by the caller. 5085 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5086 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5087 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5088 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5089 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5090 */ 5091 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5092 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5093 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5094 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5095 5096 /** 5097 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5098 * @skb: the data frame 5099 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5100 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5101 */ 5102 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5103 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5104 5105 /** 5106 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5107 * 5108 * @eid: element ID 5109 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5110 * @len: length of data 5111 * @match: byte array to match 5112 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5113 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5114 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5115 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5116 * the data portion instead. 5117 * 5118 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5119 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5120 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5121 * requested element struct. 5122 * 5123 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5124 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5125 * byte array to match. 5126 */ 5127 const struct element * 5128 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5129 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5130 unsigned int match_offset); 5131 5132 /** 5133 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5134 * 5135 * @eid: element ID 5136 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5137 * @len: length of data 5138 * @match: byte array to match 5139 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5140 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5141 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5142 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5143 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5144 * the second byte is the IE length. 5145 * 5146 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5147 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5148 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5149 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5150 * element ID. 5151 * 5152 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5153 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5154 * byte array to match. 5155 */ 5156 static inline const u8 * 5157 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5158 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5159 unsigned int match_offset) 5160 { 5161 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5162 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5163 */ 5164 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5165 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5166 return NULL; 5167 5168 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5169 match, match_len, 5170 match_offset ? 5171 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5172 } 5173 5174 /** 5175 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5176 * 5177 * @eid: element ID 5178 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5179 * @len: length of data 5180 * 5181 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5182 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5183 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5184 * requested element struct. 5185 * 5186 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5187 * having to fit into the given data. 5188 */ 5189 static inline const struct element * 5190 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5191 { 5192 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5193 } 5194 5195 /** 5196 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5197 * 5198 * @eid: element ID 5199 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5200 * @len: length of data 5201 * 5202 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5203 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5204 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5205 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5206 * 5207 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5208 * having to fit into the given data. 5209 */ 5210 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5211 { 5212 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5213 } 5214 5215 /** 5216 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5217 * 5218 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5219 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5220 * @len: length of data 5221 * 5222 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5223 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5224 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5225 * requested element struct. 5226 * 5227 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5228 * having to fit into the given data. 5229 */ 5230 static inline const struct element * 5231 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5232 { 5233 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5234 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5235 } 5236 5237 /** 5238 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5239 * 5240 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5241 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5242 * @len: length of data 5243 * 5244 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5245 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5246 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5247 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5248 * 5249 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5250 * having to fit into the given data. 5251 */ 5252 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5253 { 5254 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5255 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5256 } 5257 5258 /** 5259 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5260 * 5261 * @oui: vendor OUI 5262 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5263 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5264 * @len: length of data 5265 * 5266 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5267 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5268 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5269 * 5270 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5271 * the given data. 5272 */ 5273 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5274 const u8 *ies, 5275 unsigned int len); 5276 5277 /** 5278 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5279 * 5280 * @oui: vendor OUI 5281 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5282 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5283 * @len: length of data 5284 * 5285 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5286 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5287 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5288 * element ID. 5289 * 5290 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5291 * the given data. 5292 */ 5293 static inline const u8 * 5294 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5295 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5296 { 5297 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5298 } 5299 5300 /** 5301 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5302 * 5303 * @dev: network device 5304 * @addr: STA MAC address 5305 * 5306 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5307 * devices upon STA association. 5308 */ 5309 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5310 5311 /** 5312 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5313 * 5314 * TODO 5315 */ 5316 5317 /** 5318 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5319 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5320 * conflicts) 5321 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5322 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5323 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5324 * alpha2. 5325 * 5326 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5327 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5328 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5329 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5330 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5331 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5332 * 5333 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5334 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5335 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5336 * 5337 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5338 * an -ENOMEM. 5339 * 5340 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5341 */ 5342 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5343 5344 /** 5345 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5346 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5347 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5348 * 5349 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5350 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5351 * information. 5352 * 5353 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5354 */ 5355 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5356 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5357 5358 /** 5359 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5360 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5361 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5362 * 5363 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5364 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5365 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5366 * 5367 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5368 */ 5369 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5370 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5371 5372 /** 5373 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5374 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5375 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5376 * 5377 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5378 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5379 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5380 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5381 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5382 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5383 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5384 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5385 * that called this helper. 5386 */ 5387 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5388 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5389 5390 /** 5391 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5392 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5393 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5394 * 5395 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5396 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5397 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5398 * and processed already. 5399 * 5400 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5401 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5402 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5403 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5404 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5405 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5406 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5407 */ 5408 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5409 u32 center_freq); 5410 5411 /** 5412 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5413 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5414 * 5415 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5416 * proper string representation. 5417 */ 5418 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5419 5420 /** 5421 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5422 * 5423 */ 5424 5425 /** 5426 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5427 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5428 * 5429 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5430 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5431 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5432 * 5433 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5434 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5435 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5436 * 5437 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5438 * an -ENODATA. 5439 * 5440 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5441 */ 5442 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5443 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5444 5445 /* 5446 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5447 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5448 */ 5449 5450 /** 5451 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5452 * 5453 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5454 * @info: information about the completed scan 5455 */ 5456 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5457 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5458 5459 /** 5460 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5461 * 5462 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5463 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5464 */ 5465 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5466 5467 /** 5468 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5469 * 5470 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5471 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5472 * 5473 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5474 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5475 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5476 */ 5477 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5478 5479 /** 5480 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5481 * 5482 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5483 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5484 * 5485 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5486 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5487 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5488 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5489 */ 5490 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5491 5492 /** 5493 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5494 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5495 * @data: the BSS metadata 5496 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5497 * @len: length of the management frame 5498 * @gfp: context flags 5499 * 5500 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5501 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5502 * 5503 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5504 * Or %NULL on error. 5505 */ 5506 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5507 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5508 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5509 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5510 gfp_t gfp); 5511 5512 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5513 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5514 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5515 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5516 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5517 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5518 { 5519 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5520 .chan = rx_channel, 5521 .scan_width = scan_width, 5522 .signal = signal, 5523 }; 5524 5525 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5526 } 5527 5528 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5529 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5530 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5531 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5532 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5533 { 5534 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5535 .chan = rx_channel, 5536 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5537 .signal = signal, 5538 }; 5539 5540 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5541 } 5542 5543 /** 5544 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5545 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5546 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5547 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5548 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5549 */ 5550 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5551 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5552 { 5553 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5554 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5555 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5556 5557 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5558 5559 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5560 5561 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5562 } 5563 5564 /** 5565 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5566 * @element: element to check 5567 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5568 */ 5569 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5570 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5571 5572 /** 5573 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5574 * @ie: ies 5575 * @ielen: length of IEs 5576 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5577 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5578 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5579 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5580 */ 5581 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5582 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5583 const struct element *sub_elem, 5584 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5585 5586 /** 5587 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5588 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5589 * from a beacon or probe response 5590 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5591 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5592 */ 5593 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5594 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5595 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5596 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5597 }; 5598 5599 /** 5600 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5601 * 5602 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5603 * @data: the BSS metadata 5604 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5605 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5606 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5607 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5608 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5609 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5610 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5611 * @gfp: context flags 5612 * 5613 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5614 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5615 * 5616 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5617 * Or %NULL on error. 5618 */ 5619 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5620 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5621 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5622 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5623 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5624 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5625 gfp_t gfp); 5626 5627 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5628 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5629 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5630 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5631 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5632 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5633 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5634 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5635 { 5636 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5637 .chan = rx_channel, 5638 .scan_width = scan_width, 5639 .signal = signal, 5640 }; 5641 5642 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5643 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5644 gfp); 5645 } 5646 5647 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5648 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5649 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5650 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5651 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5652 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5653 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5654 { 5655 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5656 .chan = rx_channel, 5657 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5658 .signal = signal, 5659 }; 5660 5661 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5662 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5663 gfp); 5664 } 5665 5666 /** 5667 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5668 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5669 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5670 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5671 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5672 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5673 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5674 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5675 */ 5676 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5677 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5678 const u8 *bssid, 5679 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5680 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5681 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5682 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5683 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5684 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5685 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5686 { 5687 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5688 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5689 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5690 } 5691 5692 /** 5693 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5694 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5695 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5696 * 5697 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5698 */ 5699 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5700 5701 /** 5702 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5703 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5704 * @bss: the BSS struct 5705 * 5706 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5707 */ 5708 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5709 5710 /** 5711 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5712 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5713 * @bss: the bss to remove 5714 * 5715 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5716 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5717 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5718 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5719 */ 5720 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5721 5722 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5723 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5724 { 5725 switch (chandef->width) { 5726 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5727 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5728 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5729 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5730 default: 5731 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5732 } 5733 } 5734 5735 /** 5736 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5737 * @dev: network device 5738 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5739 * @len: length of the frame data 5740 * 5741 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5742 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5743 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5744 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5745 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5746 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5747 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5748 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5749 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5750 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5751 * 5752 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5753 */ 5754 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5755 5756 /** 5757 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5758 * @dev: network device 5759 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5760 * 5761 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5762 * mutex. 5763 */ 5764 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5765 5766 /** 5767 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5768 * @dev: network device 5769 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5770 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5771 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5772 * @len: length of the frame data 5773 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5774 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5775 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5776 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5777 * 5778 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5779 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5780 * 5781 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5782 */ 5783 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5784 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5785 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5786 int uapsd_queues, 5787 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5788 5789 /** 5790 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5791 * @dev: network device 5792 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5793 * 5794 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5795 */ 5796 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5797 5798 /** 5799 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5800 * @dev: network device 5801 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5802 * 5803 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5804 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5805 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5806 */ 5807 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5808 5809 /** 5810 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5811 * @dev: network device 5812 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5813 * @len: length of the frame data 5814 * 5815 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5816 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5817 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5818 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5819 */ 5820 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5821 5822 /** 5823 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5824 * @dev: network device 5825 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5826 * @len: length of the frame data 5827 * 5828 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5829 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5830 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5831 */ 5832 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5833 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5834 5835 /** 5836 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5837 * @dev: network device 5838 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5839 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5840 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5841 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5842 * @gfp: allocation flags 5843 * 5844 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5845 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5846 * primitive. 5847 */ 5848 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 5849 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 5850 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 5851 5852 /** 5853 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 5854 * 5855 * @dev: network device 5856 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 5857 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 5858 * @gfp: allocation flags 5859 * 5860 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 5861 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 5862 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 5863 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 5864 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 5865 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 5866 */ 5867 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 5868 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 5869 5870 /** 5871 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 5872 * 5873 * @dev: network device 5874 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 5875 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 5876 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 5877 * @gfp: allocation flags 5878 * 5879 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 5880 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 5881 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 5882 */ 5883 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 5884 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 5885 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 5886 5887 /** 5888 * DOC: RFkill integration 5889 * 5890 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 5891 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 5892 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 5893 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 5894 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 5895 * 5896 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 5897 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 5898 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 5899 */ 5900 5901 /** 5902 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 5903 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5904 * @blocked: block status 5905 */ 5906 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 5907 5908 /** 5909 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 5910 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5911 */ 5912 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5913 5914 /** 5915 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 5916 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5917 */ 5918 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5919 5920 /** 5921 * DOC: Vendor commands 5922 * 5923 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 5924 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 5925 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 5926 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 5927 * the configuration mechanism. 5928 * 5929 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 5930 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 5931 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 5932 * 5933 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 5934 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 5935 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 5936 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 5937 * managers etc. need. 5938 */ 5939 5940 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5941 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5942 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5943 int approxlen); 5944 5945 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5946 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5947 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5948 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5949 unsigned int portid, 5950 int vendor_event_idx, 5951 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 5952 5953 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 5954 5955 /** 5956 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 5957 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5958 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5959 * be put into the skb 5960 * 5961 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 5962 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 5963 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 5964 * 5965 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 5966 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 5967 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 5968 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 5969 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 5970 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 5971 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 5972 * 5973 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 5974 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 5975 * 5976 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5977 */ 5978 static inline struct sk_buff * 5979 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 5980 { 5981 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 5982 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 5983 } 5984 5985 /** 5986 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 5987 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 5988 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 5989 * 5990 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 5991 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 5992 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 5993 * skb regardless of the return value. 5994 * 5995 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 5996 */ 5997 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 5998 5999 /** 6000 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6001 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6002 * 6003 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6004 * Valid to call only there. 6005 */ 6006 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6007 6008 /** 6009 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6010 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6011 * @wdev: the wireless device 6012 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6013 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6014 * be put into the skb 6015 * @gfp: allocation flags 6016 * 6017 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6018 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6019 * 6020 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6021 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6022 * attribute. 6023 * 6024 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6025 * skb to send the event. 6026 * 6027 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6028 */ 6029 static inline struct sk_buff * 6030 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6031 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6032 { 6033 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6034 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6035 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6036 } 6037 6038 /** 6039 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6040 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6041 * @wdev: the wireless device 6042 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6043 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6044 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6045 * be put into the skb 6046 * @gfp: allocation flags 6047 * 6048 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6049 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6050 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6051 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6052 * 6053 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6054 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6055 * attribute. 6056 * 6057 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6058 * skb to send the event. 6059 * 6060 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6061 */ 6062 static inline struct sk_buff * 6063 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6064 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6065 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6066 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6067 { 6068 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6069 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6070 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6071 } 6072 6073 /** 6074 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6075 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6076 * @gfp: allocation flags 6077 * 6078 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6079 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6080 */ 6081 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6082 { 6083 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6084 } 6085 6086 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6087 /** 6088 * DOC: Test mode 6089 * 6090 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6091 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6092 * factory programming. 6093 * 6094 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6095 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6096 */ 6097 6098 /** 6099 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6100 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6101 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6102 * be put into the skb 6103 * 6104 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6105 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6106 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6107 * 6108 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6109 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6110 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6111 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6112 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6113 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6114 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6115 * 6116 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6117 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6118 * 6119 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6120 */ 6121 static inline struct sk_buff * 6122 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6123 { 6124 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6125 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6126 } 6127 6128 /** 6129 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6130 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6131 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6132 * 6133 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6134 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6135 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6136 * regardless of the return value. 6137 * 6138 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6139 */ 6140 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6141 { 6142 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6143 } 6144 6145 /** 6146 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6147 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6148 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6149 * be put into the skb 6150 * @gfp: allocation flags 6151 * 6152 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6153 * testmode multicast group. 6154 * 6155 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6156 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6157 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6158 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6159 * in any other way. 6160 * 6161 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6162 * skb to send the event. 6163 * 6164 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6165 */ 6166 static inline struct sk_buff * 6167 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6168 { 6169 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6170 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6171 approxlen, gfp); 6172 } 6173 6174 /** 6175 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6176 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6177 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6178 * @gfp: allocation flags 6179 * 6180 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6181 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6182 * consumes it. 6183 */ 6184 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6185 { 6186 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6187 } 6188 6189 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6190 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6191 #else 6192 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6193 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6194 #endif 6195 6196 /** 6197 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6198 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6199 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6200 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6201 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6202 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6203 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6204 * status for a FILS connection. 6205 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6206 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6207 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6208 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6209 */ 6210 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6211 const u8 *kek; 6212 size_t kek_len; 6213 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6214 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6215 const u8 *pmk; 6216 size_t pmk_len; 6217 const u8 *pmkid; 6218 }; 6219 6220 /** 6221 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6222 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6223 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6224 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6225 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6226 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6227 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6228 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6229 * case. 6230 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6231 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6232 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and 6233 * @bss needs to be specified. 6234 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6235 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6236 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6237 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6238 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6239 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6240 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6241 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6242 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6243 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6244 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6245 */ 6246 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6247 int status; 6248 const u8 *bssid; 6249 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6250 const u8 *req_ie; 6251 size_t req_ie_len; 6252 const u8 *resp_ie; 6253 size_t resp_ie_len; 6254 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6255 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6256 }; 6257 6258 /** 6259 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6260 * 6261 * @dev: network device 6262 * @params: connection response parameters 6263 * @gfp: allocation flags 6264 * 6265 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6266 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6267 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6268 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6269 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6270 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6271 */ 6272 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6273 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6274 gfp_t gfp); 6275 6276 /** 6277 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6278 * 6279 * @dev: network device 6280 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6281 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained 6282 * through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL) 6283 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6284 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6285 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6286 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6287 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6288 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6289 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6290 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6291 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6292 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6293 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6294 * case. 6295 * @gfp: allocation flags 6296 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6297 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6298 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6299 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6300 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6301 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6302 * 6303 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6304 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6305 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6306 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6307 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6308 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6309 */ 6310 static inline void 6311 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6312 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6313 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6314 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6315 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6316 { 6317 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6318 6319 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6320 params.status = status; 6321 params.bssid = bssid; 6322 params.bss = bss; 6323 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6324 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6325 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6326 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6327 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6328 6329 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6330 } 6331 6332 /** 6333 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6334 * 6335 * @dev: network device 6336 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6337 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6338 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6339 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6340 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6341 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6342 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6343 * the real status code for failures. 6344 * @gfp: allocation flags 6345 * 6346 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6347 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6348 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6349 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6350 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6351 */ 6352 static inline void 6353 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6354 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6355 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6356 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6357 { 6358 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6359 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6360 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6361 } 6362 6363 /** 6364 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6365 * 6366 * @dev: network device 6367 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6368 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6369 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6370 * @gfp: allocation flags 6371 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6372 * 6373 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6374 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6375 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6376 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6377 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6378 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6379 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6380 */ 6381 static inline void 6382 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6383 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6384 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6385 { 6386 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6387 gfp, timeout_reason); 6388 } 6389 6390 /** 6391 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6392 * 6393 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6394 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6395 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6396 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6397 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6398 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6399 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6400 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6401 */ 6402 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6403 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6404 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6405 const u8 *bssid; 6406 const u8 *req_ie; 6407 size_t req_ie_len; 6408 const u8 *resp_ie; 6409 size_t resp_ie_len; 6410 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6411 }; 6412 6413 /** 6414 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6415 * 6416 * @dev: network device 6417 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6418 * @gfp: allocation flags 6419 * 6420 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6421 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6422 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6423 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6424 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6425 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6426 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6427 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6428 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6429 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6430 */ 6431 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6432 gfp_t gfp); 6433 6434 /** 6435 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6436 * 6437 * @dev: network device 6438 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6439 * @gfp: allocation flags 6440 * 6441 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6442 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6443 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6444 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6445 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6446 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6447 */ 6448 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6449 gfp_t gfp); 6450 6451 /** 6452 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6453 * 6454 * @dev: network device 6455 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6456 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6457 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6458 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6459 * @gfp: allocation flags 6460 * 6461 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6462 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6463 */ 6464 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6465 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6466 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6467 6468 /** 6469 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6470 * @wdev: wireless device 6471 * @cookie: the request cookie 6472 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6473 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6474 * channel 6475 * @gfp: allocation flags 6476 */ 6477 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6478 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6479 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6480 6481 /** 6482 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6483 * @wdev: wireless device 6484 * @cookie: the request cookie 6485 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6486 * @gfp: allocation flags 6487 */ 6488 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6489 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6490 gfp_t gfp); 6491 6492 /** 6493 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6494 * 6495 * @sinfo: the station information 6496 * @gfp: allocation flags 6497 */ 6498 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6499 6500 /** 6501 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6502 * @sinfo: the station information 6503 * 6504 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6505 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6506 * the stack.) 6507 */ 6508 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6509 { 6510 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6511 } 6512 6513 /** 6514 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6515 * 6516 * @dev: the netdev 6517 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6518 * @sinfo: the station information 6519 * @gfp: allocation flags 6520 */ 6521 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6522 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6523 6524 /** 6525 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6526 * @dev: the netdev 6527 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6528 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6529 * @gfp: allocation flags 6530 */ 6531 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6532 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6533 6534 /** 6535 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6536 * 6537 * @dev: the netdev 6538 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6539 * @gfp: allocation flags 6540 */ 6541 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6542 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6543 { 6544 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6545 } 6546 6547 /** 6548 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6549 * 6550 * @dev: the netdev 6551 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6552 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6553 * @gfp: allocation flags 6554 * 6555 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6556 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6557 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6558 * 6559 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6560 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6561 */ 6562 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6563 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6564 gfp_t gfp); 6565 6566 /** 6567 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6568 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6569 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6570 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6571 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6572 * @len: length of the frame data 6573 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6574 * 6575 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6576 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6577 * 6578 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6579 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6580 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6581 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6582 */ 6583 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6584 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6585 6586 /** 6587 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6588 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6589 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6590 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6591 * @len: length of the frame data 6592 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6593 * @gfp: context flags 6594 * 6595 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6596 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6597 * transmission attempt. 6598 */ 6599 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6600 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6601 6602 6603 /** 6604 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6605 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6606 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6607 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6608 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6609 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6610 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6611 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6612 * 6613 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6614 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6615 * control port frames over nl80211. 6616 * 6617 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6618 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6619 * 6620 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6621 */ 6622 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6623 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6624 6625 /** 6626 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6627 * @dev: network device 6628 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6629 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6630 * @gfp: context flags 6631 * 6632 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6633 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6634 */ 6635 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6636 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6637 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6638 6639 /** 6640 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6641 * @dev: network device 6642 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6643 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6644 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6645 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6646 * @gfp: context flags 6647 */ 6648 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6649 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6650 6651 /** 6652 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6653 * @dev: network device 6654 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6655 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6656 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6657 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6658 * @gfp: context flags 6659 * 6660 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6661 * given interval is exceeded. 6662 */ 6663 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6664 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6665 6666 /** 6667 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6668 * @dev: network device 6669 * @gfp: context flags 6670 * 6671 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6672 */ 6673 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6674 6675 /** 6676 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6677 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6678 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6679 * @gfp: context flags 6680 * 6681 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6682 */ 6683 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6684 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6685 6686 /** 6687 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6688 * @dev: network device 6689 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6690 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6691 * @gfp: context flags 6692 * 6693 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6694 * frame. 6695 */ 6696 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6697 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6698 gfp_t gfp); 6699 6700 /** 6701 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6702 * @netdev: network device 6703 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6704 * @event: type of event 6705 * @gfp: context flags 6706 * 6707 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6708 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6709 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6710 */ 6711 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6712 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6713 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6714 6715 6716 /** 6717 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6718 * @dev: network device 6719 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6720 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6721 * @gfp: allocation flags 6722 */ 6723 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6724 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6725 6726 /** 6727 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6728 * @dev: network device 6729 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6730 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6731 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6732 * @gfp: allocation flags 6733 */ 6734 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6735 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6736 6737 /** 6738 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6739 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6740 * @addr: the transmitter address 6741 * @gfp: context flags 6742 * 6743 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6744 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6745 * sender. 6746 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6747 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6748 */ 6749 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6750 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6751 6752 /** 6753 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6754 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6755 * @addr: the transmitter address 6756 * @gfp: context flags 6757 * 6758 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6759 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6760 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6761 * station to avoid event flooding. 6762 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6763 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6764 */ 6765 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6766 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6767 6768 /** 6769 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6770 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6771 * @addr: the address of the peer 6772 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6773 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6774 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6775 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6776 * @gfp: allocation flags 6777 */ 6778 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6779 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6780 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6781 6782 /** 6783 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6784 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6785 * @frame: the frame 6786 * @len: length of the frame 6787 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6788 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6789 * 6790 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6791 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6792 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6793 */ 6794 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6795 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6796 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6797 6798 /** 6799 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6800 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6801 * @chandef: the channel definition 6802 * @iftype: interface type 6803 * 6804 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6805 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6806 */ 6807 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6808 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6809 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6810 6811 /** 6812 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6813 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6814 * @chandef: the channel definition 6815 * @iftype: interface type 6816 * 6817 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6818 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6819 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6820 * more permissive conditions. 6821 * 6822 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6823 */ 6824 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6825 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6826 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6827 6828 /* 6829 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6830 * @dev: the device which switched channels 6831 * @chandef: the new channel definition 6832 * 6833 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 6834 * driver context! 6835 */ 6836 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6837 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6838 6839 /* 6840 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 6841 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 6842 * @chandef: the future channel definition 6843 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 6844 * 6845 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 6846 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 6847 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 6848 */ 6849 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6850 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6851 u8 count); 6852 6853 /** 6854 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 6855 * 6856 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 6857 * @band: band pointer to fill 6858 * 6859 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6860 */ 6861 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 6862 enum nl80211_band *band); 6863 6864 /** 6865 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 6866 * 6867 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 6868 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 6869 * 6870 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6871 */ 6872 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6873 u8 *op_class); 6874 6875 /* 6876 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 6877 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 6878 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 6879 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 6880 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 6881 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 6882 * @gfp: allocation flags 6883 * 6884 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 6885 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 6886 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 6887 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 6888 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 6889 */ 6890 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6891 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 6892 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 6893 6894 /* 6895 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 6896 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 6897 * 6898 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 6899 */ 6900 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 6901 6902 /** 6903 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 6904 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 6905 * 6906 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 6907 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 6908 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 6909 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 6910 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 6911 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 6912 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 6913 * 6914 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6915 */ 6916 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 6917 6918 /** 6919 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 6920 * @ies: FT IEs 6921 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 6922 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 6923 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 6924 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 6925 */ 6926 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 6927 const u8 *ies; 6928 size_t ies_len; 6929 const u8 *target_ap; 6930 const u8 *ric_ies; 6931 size_t ric_ies_len; 6932 }; 6933 6934 /** 6935 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 6936 * @netdev: network device 6937 * @ft_event: IE information 6938 */ 6939 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6940 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 6941 6942 /** 6943 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 6944 * @ies: the input IE buffer 6945 * @len: the input length 6946 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 6947 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 6948 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 6949 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 6950 * 6951 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 6952 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 6953 * 6954 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 6955 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 6956 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 6957 */ 6958 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6959 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 6960 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 6961 6962 /** 6963 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 6964 * @ies: the IE buffer 6965 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 6966 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 6967 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 6968 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 6969 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 6970 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 6971 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 6972 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 6973 * 6974 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 6975 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 6976 * split. 6977 * 6978 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 6979 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 6980 * 6981 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 6982 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 6983 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 6984 * 6985 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 6986 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 6987 * of the buffer should be used. 6988 */ 6989 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 6990 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 6991 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 6992 size_t offset); 6993 6994 /** 6995 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 6996 * @ies: the IE buffer 6997 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 6998 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 6999 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7000 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7001 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7002 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7003 * 7004 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7005 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7006 * split. 7007 * 7008 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7009 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7010 * 7011 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7012 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7013 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7014 * 7015 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7016 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7017 * of the buffer should be used. 7018 */ 7019 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7020 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7021 { 7022 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7023 } 7024 7025 /** 7026 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7027 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7028 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7029 * @gfp: allocation flags 7030 * 7031 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7032 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7033 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7034 * else caused the wakeup. 7035 */ 7036 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7037 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7038 gfp_t gfp); 7039 7040 /** 7041 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7042 * 7043 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7044 * @gfp: allocation flags 7045 * 7046 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7047 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7048 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7049 */ 7050 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7051 7052 /** 7053 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7054 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7055 * 7056 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7057 */ 7058 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7059 7060 /** 7061 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7062 * 7063 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7064 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7065 * 7066 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7067 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7068 * the interface combinations. 7069 */ 7070 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7071 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7072 7073 /** 7074 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7075 * 7076 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7077 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7078 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7079 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7080 * 7081 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7082 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7083 * purposes. 7084 */ 7085 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7086 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7087 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7088 void *data), 7089 void *data); 7090 7091 /* 7092 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7093 * 7094 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7095 * @wdev: wireless device 7096 * @gfp: context flags 7097 * 7098 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7099 * disconnected. 7100 * 7101 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7102 */ 7103 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7104 gfp_t gfp); 7105 7106 /** 7107 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7108 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7109 * 7110 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7111 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7112 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7113 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7114 * 7115 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7116 * the driver while the function is running. 7117 */ 7118 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7119 7120 /** 7121 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7122 * 7123 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7124 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7125 * 7126 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7127 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7128 */ 7129 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7130 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7131 { 7132 u8 *ft_byte; 7133 7134 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7135 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7136 } 7137 7138 /** 7139 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7140 * 7141 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7142 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7143 * 7144 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7145 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7146 */ 7147 static inline bool 7148 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7149 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7150 { 7151 u8 ft_byte; 7152 7153 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7154 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7155 } 7156 7157 /** 7158 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7159 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7160 * 7161 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7162 */ 7163 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7164 7165 /** 7166 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7167 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7168 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7169 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7170 * result. 7171 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7172 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7173 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7174 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7175 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7176 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7177 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7178 */ 7179 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7180 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7181 u8 inst_id; 7182 u8 peer_inst_id; 7183 const u8 *addr; 7184 u8 info_len; 7185 const u8 *info; 7186 u64 cookie; 7187 }; 7188 7189 /** 7190 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7191 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7192 * @match: match notification parameters 7193 * @gfp: allocation flags 7194 * 7195 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7196 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7197 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7198 */ 7199 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7200 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7201 7202 /** 7203 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7204 * 7205 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7206 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7207 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7208 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7209 * @gfp: allocation flags 7210 * 7211 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7212 */ 7213 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7214 u8 inst_id, 7215 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7216 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7217 7218 /* ethtool helper */ 7219 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7220 7221 /** 7222 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7223 * @netdev: network device 7224 * @params: External authentication parameters 7225 * @gfp: allocation flags 7226 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7227 */ 7228 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7229 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7230 gfp_t gfp); 7231 7232 /** 7233 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7234 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7235 * @req: the original measurement request 7236 * @result: the result data 7237 * @gfp: allocation flags 7238 */ 7239 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7240 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7241 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7242 gfp_t gfp); 7243 7244 /** 7245 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7246 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7247 * @req: the original measurement request 7248 * @gfp: allocation flags 7249 * 7250 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7251 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7252 */ 7253 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7254 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7255 gfp_t gfp); 7256 7257 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7258 7259 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7260 7261 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7262 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7263 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7264 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7265 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7266 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7267 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7268 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7269 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7270 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7271 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7272 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7273 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7274 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7275 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7276 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7277 7278 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7279 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7280 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7281 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7282 7283 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7284 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7285 7286 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7287 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7288 7289 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7290 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7291 #else 7292 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7293 ({ \ 7294 if (0) \ 7295 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7296 0; \ 7297 }) 7298 #endif 7299 7300 /* 7301 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7302 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7303 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7304 */ 7305 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7306 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7307 7308 /** 7309 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7310 * @netdev: network device 7311 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7312 * @gfp: allocation flags 7313 */ 7314 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7315 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7316 gfp_t gfp); 7317 7318 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7319